Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1282:680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
| author | Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de> |
|---|---|
| date | Thu, 30 Apr 2009 23:16:21 +0200 |
| parents | 7af860e4f403 |
| children | 8026319762be |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
18 #ifdef __DMC__ |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
19 #include <math.h> |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
20 #else |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <cmath> |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
22 #endif |
| 159 | 23 |
| 24 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 25 #include <assert.h> | |
| 26 #include <float.h> | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #endif |
| 37 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "rmem.h" |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "port.h" |
| 159 | 40 |
| 41 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 42 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 43 #include "scope.h" | |
| 44 #include "init.h" | |
| 45 #include "expression.h" | |
| 46 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 47 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 48 #include "template.h" | |
| 49 #include "id.h" | |
| 50 #include "enum.h" | |
| 51 #include "import.h" | |
| 52 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 53 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 54 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
55 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
56 //#include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
57 Ir* Type::sir = NULL; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
58 unsigned GetTypeAlignment(Ir* ir, Type* t); |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
59 #endif |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
60 |
| 159 | 61 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 62 | |
| 63 | |
| 64 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 65 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 66 | |
| 67 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 68 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 69 | |
| 70 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 71 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 | |
| 74 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
75 #if TARGET_OSX |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
76 int REALSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
77 int REALPAD = 6; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
78 int REALALIGNSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
79 #elif TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_FREEBSD |
| 159 | 80 int REALSIZE = 12; |
| 81 int REALPAD = 2; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
82 int REALALIGNSIZE = 4; |
| 159 | 83 #else |
| 84 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 85 int REALPAD = 0; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
86 int REALALIGNSIZE = 2; |
| 159 | 87 #endif |
| 88 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; | |
| 89 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 90 | |
|
1257
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
91 #if _WIN32 |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
92 static double zero = 0; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
93 double Port::nan = NAN; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
94 double Port::infinity = 1/zero; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
95 #endif |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
96 |
| 159 | 97 /***************************** Type *****************************/ |
| 98 | |
| 99 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 100 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 101 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 102 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 103 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 104 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 106 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 110 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 111 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 112 | |
| 113 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 114 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 115 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 116 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 117 | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
118 #if IN_LLVM |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
119 StringTable Type::deco_stringtable; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
120 #endif |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
121 |
| 159 | 122 |
| 123 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 124 { | |
| 125 this->ty = ty; | |
| 126 this->mod = 0; | |
| 127 this->next = next; | |
| 128 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 129 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 130 this->cto = NULL; |
| 131 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 132 #endif | |
| 133 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 134 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 135 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 136 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
137 #if IN_DMD |
| 159 | 138 this->ctype = NULL; |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
139 #endif |
|
1192
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
140 |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
141 #if IN_LLVM |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
142 this->irtype = NULL; |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
143 #endif |
| 159 | 144 } |
| 145 | |
| 146 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 147 { | |
| 148 print(); | |
| 149 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 150 assert(0); | |
| 151 return this; | |
| 152 } | |
| 153 | |
| 154 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 155 { Type *t; | |
| 156 | |
| 157 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 158 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 159 if (this == o || | |
| 160 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 161 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 162 { | |
| 163 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 164 return 1; | |
| 165 } | |
| 166 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 167 return 0; | |
| 168 } | |
| 169 | |
| 170 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 171 { | |
| 172 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 173 } | |
| 174 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
175 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
176 void Type::init(Ir* _sir) |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
177 #else |
| 159 | 178 void Type::init() |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
179 #endif |
| 159 | 180 { int i; |
| 181 int j; | |
| 182 | |
| 183 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 184 | |
| 185 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 186 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 187 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 188 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 189 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 190 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 197 | |
| 198 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 203 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 204 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 205 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 208 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 211 | |
| 212 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 217 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 218 | |
| 219 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 220 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 221 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 222 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 223 | |
| 224 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 225 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 226 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 227 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 228 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 229 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
230 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 231 |
| 232 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 233 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 234 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 235 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 236 } | |
| 237 | |
| 238 // Set basic types | |
| 239 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 240 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 241 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 242 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 243 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 244 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 245 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 246 | |
| 247 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 248 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 249 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 250 | |
| 251 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 252 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
253 // LDC |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
254 sir = _sir; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
255 |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
256 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 257 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 258 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
259 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
260 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
261 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 262 } |
| 263 else | |
| 264 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
265 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
268 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
269 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
270 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
271 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
272 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
273 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
274 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
275 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
276 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
277 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
278 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
279 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
280 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
281 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
282 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
283 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
284 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 285 } |
| 286 } | |
| 287 | |
| 288 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 289 { | |
| 290 return size(0); | |
| 291 } | |
| 292 | |
| 293 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 294 { | |
| 295 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 296 return 1; | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 | |
| 299 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 300 { | |
| 301 return size(0); | |
| 302 } | |
| 303 | |
| 304 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 305 { | |
| 306 if (next) | |
| 307 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 308 return merge(); | |
| 309 } | |
| 310 | |
| 311 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 312 { | |
| 313 if (!pto) | |
| 314 { Type *t; | |
| 315 | |
| 316 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 317 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 318 } | |
| 319 return pto; | |
| 320 } | |
| 321 | |
| 322 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 323 { | |
| 324 if (!rto) | |
| 325 { Type *t; | |
| 326 | |
| 327 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 328 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 329 } | |
| 330 return rto; | |
| 331 } | |
| 332 | |
| 333 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 334 { | |
| 335 if (!arrayof) | |
| 336 { Type *t; | |
| 337 | |
| 338 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 339 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 340 } | |
| 341 return arrayof; | |
| 342 } | |
| 343 | |
| 344 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 345 { | |
| 346 return NULL; | |
| 347 } | |
| 348 | |
| 349 /******************************* | |
| 350 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 351 * get that other type. | |
| 352 */ | |
| 353 | |
| 354 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 355 { | |
| 356 return this; | |
| 357 } | |
| 358 | |
| 359 /******************************** | |
| 360 * Name mangling. | |
| 361 */ | |
| 362 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
363 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 364 { |
| 365 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 366 if (next) | |
| 367 { | |
| 368 assert(next != this); | |
| 369 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
370 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 371 } |
| 372 } | |
| 373 | |
| 374 /******************************** | |
| 375 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 376 */ | |
| 377 | |
| 378 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 379 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 380 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 381 | |
| 382 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 383 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 384 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 385 } | |
| 386 | |
| 387 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 388 { | |
| 389 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 390 if (ident) | |
| 391 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 392 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 393 } | |
| 394 } | |
| 395 | |
| 396 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 397 { | |
| 398 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 399 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 400 return; | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 | |
| 405 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 406 { | |
| 407 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 408 { char *p; | |
| 409 | |
| 410 switch (this->mod) | |
| 411 { | |
| 412 case 0: | |
| 413 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 414 break; | |
| 415 case MODconst: | |
| 416 p = "const("; | |
| 417 goto L1; | |
| 418 case MODinvariant: | |
| 419 p = "invariant("; | |
| 420 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 421 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 422 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 423 break; | |
| 424 default: | |
| 425 assert(0); | |
| 426 } | |
| 427 } | |
| 428 } | |
| 429 | |
| 430 | |
| 431 /************************************ | |
| 432 */ | |
| 433 | |
| 434 Type *Type::merge() | |
| 435 { Type *t; | |
| 436 | |
| 437 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 438 t = this; | |
| 439 assert(t); | |
| 440 if (!deco) | |
| 441 { | |
| 442 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 443 StringValue *sv; | |
| 444 | |
| 445 if (next) | |
| 446 next = next->merge(); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
447 toDecoBuffer(&buf, false); |
| 159 | 448 sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); |
| 449 if (sv->ptrvalue) | |
| 450 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 451 assert(t->deco); | |
| 452 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 453 } | |
| 454 else | |
| 455 { | |
| 456 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
457 |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
458 // we still need deco strings to be unique |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
459 // or Type::equals fails, which breaks a bunch of stuff, |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
460 // like covariant member function overloads. |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
461 OutBuffer mangle; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
462 toDecoBuffer(&mangle, true); |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
463 StringValue* sv2 = deco_stringtable.update((char *)mangle.data, mangle.offset); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
464 if (sv2->ptrvalue) |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
465 { Type* t2 = (Type *) sv2->ptrvalue; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
466 assert(t2->deco); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
467 deco = t2->deco; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
468 } |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
469 else |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
470 { |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
471 sv2->ptrvalue = this; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
472 deco = (char *)sv2->lstring.string; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
473 } |
| 159 | 474 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); |
| 475 } | |
| 476 } | |
| 477 return t; | |
| 478 } | |
| 479 | |
| 480 int Type::isbit() | |
| 481 { | |
| 482 return FALSE; | |
| 483 } | |
| 484 | |
| 485 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 486 { | |
| 487 return FALSE; | |
| 488 } | |
| 489 | |
| 490 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 491 { | |
| 492 return FALSE; | |
| 493 } | |
| 494 | |
| 495 int Type::isreal() | |
| 496 { | |
| 497 return FALSE; | |
| 498 } | |
| 499 | |
| 500 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 501 { | |
| 502 return FALSE; | |
| 503 } | |
| 504 | |
| 505 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 506 { | |
| 507 return FALSE; | |
| 508 } | |
| 509 | |
| 510 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 511 { | |
| 512 return FALSE; | |
| 513 } | |
| 514 | |
| 515 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 516 { | |
| 517 return FALSE; | |
| 518 } | |
| 519 | |
| 520 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 521 { | |
| 522 return NULL; | |
| 523 } | |
| 524 | |
| 525 int Type::isauto() | |
| 526 { | |
| 527 return FALSE; | |
| 528 } | |
| 529 | |
| 530 int Type::isString() | |
| 531 { | |
| 532 return FALSE; | |
| 533 } | |
| 534 | |
| 535 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 536 { | |
| 537 return isscalar(); | |
| 538 } | |
| 539 | |
| 540 /********************************* | |
| 541 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 542 */ | |
| 543 | |
| 544 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 545 { | |
| 546 Type *t; | |
| 547 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 548 | |
| 549 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 550 { | |
| 551 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 552 if (s) | |
| 553 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 554 } | |
| 555 } | |
| 556 | |
| 557 | |
| 558 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 559 { | |
| 560 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 561 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 562 #endif | |
| 563 return NULL; | |
| 564 } | |
| 565 | |
| 566 int Type::isZeroInit() | |
| 567 { | |
| 568 return 0; // assume not | |
| 569 } | |
| 570 | |
| 571 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 572 { | |
| 573 return 0; // assume not | |
| 574 } | |
| 575 | |
| 576 /******************************** | |
| 577 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 578 * to type 'to'. | |
| 579 * Returns: | |
| 580 * 0 can't convert | |
| 581 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 582 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 583 */ | |
| 584 | |
| 585 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 586 { | |
| 587 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 588 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 589 if (this == to) | |
| 590 return MATCHexact; | |
| 591 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 592 // return 1; | |
| 593 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 594 } | |
| 595 | |
| 596 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 597 { Expression *e; | |
| 598 | |
| 599 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 600 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 601 #endif | |
| 602 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 603 { | |
| 604 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 605 } | |
| 606 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 607 { | |
| 608 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 609 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 610 } | |
| 611 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 612 { | |
| 613 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 614 } | |
| 615 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 616 { | |
| 617 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 618 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 619 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 620 } | |
| 621 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 624 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 625 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 626 } | |
| 627 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
| 628 { | |
| 629 assert(deco); | |
| 630 e = new StringExp(loc, deco, strlen(deco), 'c'); | |
| 631 Scope sc; | |
| 632 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 633 } | |
| 634 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 635 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 636 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 637 Scope sc; | |
| 638 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 639 } | |
| 640 else | |
| 641 { | |
| 642 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 643 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 644 } | |
| 645 return e; | |
| 646 } | |
| 647 | |
| 648 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 649 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 650 | |
| 651 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 652 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 653 #endif | |
| 654 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 655 { | |
| 656 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 657 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 658 } | |
| 659 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 660 { | |
| 661 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 662 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 663 } | |
| 664 if (v) | |
| 665 { | |
| 666 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 667 { | |
| 668 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 669 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 670 goto Loffset; | |
| 671 } | |
| 672 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 673 { | |
| 674 Loffset: | |
| 675 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 676 { | |
| 677 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 678 return e; | |
| 679 } | |
| 680 } | |
| 681 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 682 { | |
| 683 #if 0 | |
| 684 if (v->init) | |
| 685 { | |
| 686 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 687 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 688 else | |
| 689 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 690 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 691 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 692 { | |
| 693 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 694 | |
| 695 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 696 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 697 */ | |
| 698 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 699 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 700 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 703 } | |
| 704 } | |
| 705 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 706 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 707 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 708 } | |
| 709 return e; | |
| 710 } | |
| 711 #endif | |
| 712 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 713 return ex; | |
| 714 } | |
| 715 } | |
| 716 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 717 { | |
| 718 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 719 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 720 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 721 return e; | |
| 722 } | |
| 723 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 724 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 725 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 726 Scope sc; | |
| 727 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 728 return e; | |
| 729 } | |
| 730 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 731 } | |
| 732 | |
| 733 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 734 { | |
| 735 return salign; | |
| 736 } | |
| 737 | |
| 738 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 739 { | |
| 740 va_list ap; | |
| 741 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 742 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 743 va_end( ap ); | |
| 744 } | |
| 745 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
746 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
747 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
748 if (global.params.warnings && !global.gag) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
749 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
750 va_list ap; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
751 va_start(ap, format); |
|
1124
e7f0c2b48047
Fix a bug where ::warning() was called with a va_list argument instead of an
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
752 ::vwarning(loc, format, ap); |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
753 va_end( ap ); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
754 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
755 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
756 |
| 159 | 757 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 758 { | |
| 759 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 760 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 761 Identifier *id; | |
| 762 char *name; | |
| 763 int len; | |
| 764 | |
| 765 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 766 if (internal) | |
| 767 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 768 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
769 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 770 } |
| 771 else | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
772 toDecoBuffer(&buf, true); |
| 159 | 773 len = buf.offset; |
| 774 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 775 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 776 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
777 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
778 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
779 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
780 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 781 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 782 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 783 return id; | |
| 784 } | |
| 785 | |
| 786 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 787 { | |
| 788 return NULL; | |
| 789 } | |
| 790 | |
| 791 | |
| 792 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 793 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
794 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
795 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 796 *pt = t; |
| 797 *pe = NULL; | |
| 798 *ps = NULL; | |
| 799 } | |
| 800 | |
| 801 /******************************* | |
| 802 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 803 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 804 */ | |
| 805 | |
| 806 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 807 { | |
| 808 if (!next) | |
| 809 return NULL; | |
| 810 else | |
| 811 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 812 } | |
| 813 | |
| 814 /******************************** | |
| 815 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 816 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 817 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 818 */ | |
| 819 | |
| 820 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 821 { | |
| 822 return NULL; | |
| 823 } | |
| 824 | |
| 825 /*************************************** | |
| 826 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 827 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 828 */ | |
| 829 | |
| 830 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 831 { | |
| 832 return FALSE; | |
| 833 } | |
| 834 | |
| 835 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 836 | |
| 837 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 838 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
839 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
840 const char *d; |
| 159 | 841 unsigned flags; |
| 842 | |
| 843 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 844 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 845 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 846 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 847 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 848 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 849 | |
| 850 flags = 0; | |
| 851 switch (ty) | |
| 852 { | |
| 853 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 854 c = "void"; | |
| 855 break; | |
| 856 | |
| 857 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 858 c = "byte"; | |
| 859 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 860 break; | |
| 861 | |
| 862 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 863 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 864 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 865 break; | |
| 866 | |
| 867 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 868 c = "short"; | |
| 869 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 870 break; | |
| 871 | |
| 872 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 873 c = "ushort"; | |
| 874 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 875 break; | |
| 876 | |
| 877 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 878 c = "int"; | |
| 879 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 880 break; | |
| 881 | |
| 882 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 883 c = "uint"; | |
| 884 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 885 break; | |
| 886 | |
| 887 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 888 c = "float"; | |
| 889 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 890 break; | |
| 891 | |
| 892 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 893 c = "long"; | |
| 894 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 895 break; | |
| 896 | |
| 897 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 898 c = "ulong"; | |
| 899 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 900 break; | |
| 901 | |
| 902 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 903 c = "double"; | |
| 904 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 905 break; | |
| 906 | |
| 907 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 908 c = "real"; | |
| 909 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 910 break; | |
| 911 | |
| 912 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 913 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 914 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 915 break; | |
| 916 | |
| 917 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 918 c = "idouble"; | |
| 919 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 920 break; | |
| 921 | |
| 922 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 923 c = "ireal"; | |
| 924 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 925 break; | |
| 926 | |
| 927 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 928 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 929 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 930 break; | |
| 931 | |
| 932 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 933 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 934 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 935 break; | |
| 936 | |
| 937 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 938 c = "creal"; | |
| 939 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 940 break; | |
| 941 | |
| 942 | |
| 943 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 944 c = "bit"; | |
| 945 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 946 break; | |
| 947 | |
| 948 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 949 c = d; | |
| 950 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 951 break; | |
| 952 | |
| 953 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 954 c = "char"; | |
| 955 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 956 break; | |
| 957 | |
| 958 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 959 c = "wchar"; | |
| 960 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 961 break; | |
| 962 | |
| 963 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 964 c = "dchar"; | |
| 965 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 966 break; | |
| 967 | |
| 968 default: assert(0); | |
| 969 } | |
| 970 this->dstring = d; | |
| 971 this->cstring = c; | |
| 972 this->flags = flags; | |
| 973 merge(); | |
| 974 } | |
| 975 | |
| 976 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 977 { | |
| 978 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 979 return this; | |
| 980 } | |
| 981 | |
| 982 | |
| 983 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 984 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
985 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 986 } |
| 987 | |
| 988 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 989 { | |
| 990 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 991 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 992 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 993 return; | |
| 994 } | |
| 995 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 996 } | |
| 997 | |
| 998 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 999 { unsigned size; | |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 1002 switch (ty) | |
| 1003 { | |
| 1004 case Tint8: | |
| 1005 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 1006 case Tint16: | |
| 1007 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 1008 case Tint32: | |
| 1009 case Tuns32: | |
| 1010 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1011 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1012 size = 4; break; | |
| 1013 case Tint64: | |
| 1014 case Tuns64: | |
| 1015 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1016 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1017 size = 8; break; | |
| 1018 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1019 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1020 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 1021 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1022 size = 8; break; | |
| 1023 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1024 size = 16; break; | |
| 1025 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1026 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 case Tvoid: | |
| 1029 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 1030 size = 1; | |
| 1031 break; | |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1034 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1035 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1036 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1037 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 default: | |
| 1040 assert(0); | |
| 1041 break; | |
| 1042 } | |
| 1043 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1044 return size; | |
| 1045 } | |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1048 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1049 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1050 return 1; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
1051 return GetTypeAlignment(sir, this); |
| 159 | 1052 } |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1056 { | |
| 1057 Expression *e; | |
| 1058 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1059 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1060 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1061 #else | |
| 1062 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1063 #endif | |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1066 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1067 { | |
| 1068 switch (ty) | |
| 1069 { | |
| 1070 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1071 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1072 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1073 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1074 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1075 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1076 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1077 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1078 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1079 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1080 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1081 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1082 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1085 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1086 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1087 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1088 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1089 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1090 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1091 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1092 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1093 } | |
| 1094 } | |
| 1095 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1096 { | |
| 1097 switch (ty) | |
| 1098 { | |
| 1099 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1100 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1101 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1102 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1103 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1104 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1105 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1106 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1107 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1108 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1109 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1110 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1111 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1112 | |
| 1113 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1114 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1115 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1116 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1117 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1118 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1119 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1120 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1121 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1122 } | |
| 1123 } | |
| 1124 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1125 { | |
| 1126 switch (ty) | |
| 1127 { | |
| 1128 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1129 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1130 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1131 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1132 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1133 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1134 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1135 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1136 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1137 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1138 fvalue = Port::nan; |
| 159 | 1139 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1140 } | |
| 1141 } | |
| 1142 } | |
| 1143 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1144 { | |
| 1145 switch (ty) | |
| 1146 { | |
| 1147 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1148 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1149 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1150 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1151 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1152 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1153 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1154 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1155 case Tfloat80: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1156 fvalue = Port::infinity; |
| 159 | 1157 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1158 } | |
| 1159 } | |
| 1160 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1161 { | |
| 1162 switch (ty) | |
| 1163 { | |
| 1164 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1165 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1166 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1167 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1168 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1169 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1170 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1171 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1172 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1173 } | |
| 1174 } | |
| 1175 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1176 { | |
| 1177 switch (ty) | |
| 1178 { | |
| 1179 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1180 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1181 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1182 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1183 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1184 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1185 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1186 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1187 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1188 } | |
| 1189 } | |
| 1190 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1191 { | |
| 1192 switch (ty) | |
| 1193 { | |
| 1194 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1195 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1196 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1197 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1198 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1199 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1200 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1201 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1202 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1203 } | |
| 1204 } | |
| 1205 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1206 { | |
| 1207 switch (ty) | |
| 1208 { | |
| 1209 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1210 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1211 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1212 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1213 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1214 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1215 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1216 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1217 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1218 } | |
| 1219 } | |
| 1220 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1221 { | |
| 1222 switch (ty) | |
| 1223 { | |
| 1224 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1225 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1226 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1227 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1228 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1229 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1230 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1231 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1232 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1233 } | |
| 1234 } | |
| 1235 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1236 { | |
| 1237 switch (ty) | |
| 1238 { | |
| 1239 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1240 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1241 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1242 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1243 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1244 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1245 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1246 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1247 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1248 } | |
| 1249 } | |
| 1250 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1251 { | |
| 1252 switch (ty) | |
| 1253 { | |
| 1254 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1255 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1256 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1257 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1258 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1259 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1260 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1261 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1262 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1263 } | |
| 1264 } | |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 Ldefault: | |
| 1267 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 Livalue: | |
| 1270 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1271 return e; | |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 Lfvalue: | |
| 1274 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1275 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1276 else | |
| 1277 { | |
| 1278 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1281 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1282 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1283 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1284 #else | |
| 1285 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1286 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1287 #endif | |
| 1288 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1289 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1290 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1291 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1292 } | |
| 1293 return e; | |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 Lint: | |
| 1296 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1297 return e; | |
| 1298 } | |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1301 { | |
| 1302 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1303 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1304 #endif | |
| 1305 Type *t; | |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1308 { | |
| 1309 switch (ty) | |
| 1310 { | |
| 1311 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1312 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1313 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1314 L1: | |
| 1315 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1316 break; | |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1319 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1320 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1321 break; | |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1324 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1325 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1326 L2: | |
| 1327 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1328 break; | |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 default: | |
| 1331 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1332 } | |
| 1333 } | |
| 1334 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1335 { Type *t2; | |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 switch (ty) | |
| 1338 { | |
| 1339 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1340 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1341 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1342 L3: | |
| 1343 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1344 e->type = t2; | |
| 1345 break; | |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1348 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1349 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1350 L4: | |
| 1351 e->type = t; | |
| 1352 break; | |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1355 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1356 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1357 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1358 break; | |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 default: | |
| 1361 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1362 } | |
| 1363 } | |
| 1364 else | |
| 1365 { | |
| 1366 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1367 } | |
| 1368 return e; | |
| 1369 } | |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1372 { dinteger_t value = 0; |
| 159 | 1373 |
| 1374 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1375 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1376 #endif | |
| 1377 switch (ty) | |
| 1378 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1379 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1380 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1381 |
| 159 | 1382 case Tchar: |
| 1383 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1384 break; | |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 case Twchar: | |
| 1387 case Tdchar: | |
| 1388 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1389 break; | |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1392 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1393 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1394 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1395 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1396 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1397 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1398 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1399 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1400 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1401 } | |
| 1402 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1403 } | |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit() | |
| 1406 { | |
| 1407 switch (ty) | |
| 1408 { | |
| 1409 case Tchar: | |
| 1410 case Twchar: | |
| 1411 case Tdchar: | |
| 1412 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1413 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1414 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1415 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1416 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1417 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1418 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1419 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1420 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1421 return 0; // no | |
| 1422 } | |
| 1423 return 1; // yes | |
| 1424 } | |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1427 { | |
| 1428 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1429 } | |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1432 { | |
| 1433 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1434 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1435 } | |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1438 { | |
| 1439 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1440 } | |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1443 { | |
| 1444 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1445 } | |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1448 { | |
| 1449 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1450 } | |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1453 { | |
| 1454 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1455 } | |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1458 { | |
| 1459 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1460 } | |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1463 { | |
| 1464 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1465 } | |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1468 { | |
| 1469 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1470 if (this == to) | |
| 1471 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1474 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1475 if (1 || global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 1476 { | |
| 1477 if (to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1478 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1479 } | |
| 1480 else | |
| 1481 { | |
| 1482 if (ty == Tbool || to->ty == Tbool) | |
| 1483 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1484 } | |
| 1485 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) | |
| 1486 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1489 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1490 { | |
| 1491 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1492 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1493 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 // If converting to integral | |
| 1496 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1497 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1498 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1501 */ | |
| 1502 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1503 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1506 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1507 } | |
| 1508 } | |
| 1509 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1510 { | |
| 1511 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1512 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1513 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1518 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1519 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1522 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1523 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1524 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1527 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1528 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1529 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1530 } | |
| 1531 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1532 } | |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1535 { | |
| 1536 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1537 } | |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1542 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1543 { | |
| 1544 } | |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1547 { | |
| 1548 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1551 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1552 #endif | |
| 1553 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1554 { | |
| 1555 Expression *ec; | |
| 1556 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1557 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1558 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1559 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1560 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1561 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1562 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1563 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1564 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1565 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1566 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1567 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1568 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1569 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1570 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1571 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1572 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1573 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1574 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1575 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1576 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1577 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1578 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1579 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1580 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1581 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1582 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1583 } | |
| 1584 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1585 { | |
| 1586 Expression *ec; | |
| 1587 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1588 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1589 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1590 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1591 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1592 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1593 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1594 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1595 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1596 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1597 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1598 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1599 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1600 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1601 args->push(new Argument(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1602 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1603 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1605 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1606 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1607 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1608 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1609 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1610 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1611 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1612 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1613 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1614 } | |
| 1615 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1616 { | |
| 1617 Expression *ec; | |
| 1618 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1619 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1620 int dup; | |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 assert(size); | |
| 1623 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1624 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1625 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1626 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1627 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1628 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1629 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1630 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1631 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1632 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1633 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1634 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1635 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1636 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1637 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1638 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1639 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1640 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1641 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1642 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1643 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1644 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1645 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1646 if (dup) | |
| 1647 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1648 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1649 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1650 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1651 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1652 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1653 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1654 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1655 |
| 159 | 1656 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1657 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1658 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1659 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1660 } | |
| 1661 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1662 { | |
| 1663 Expression *ec; | |
| 1664 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1665 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1666 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1667 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1668 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1669 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1670 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1671 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1672 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1673 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1674 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1675 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1676 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1677 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1678 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1679 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1680 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1681 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1682 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1683 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1684 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1685 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1686 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1687 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1688 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1689 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1690 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1691 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1692 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1693 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1694 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1695 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1696 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1697 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1698 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1699 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1700 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1701 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 else | |
| 1704 { | |
| 1705 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1706 } | |
| 1707 return e; | |
| 1708 } | |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1714 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1715 { | |
| 1716 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1717 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1718 } | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1721 { | |
| 1722 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1723 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1724 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1725 return t; | |
| 1726 } | |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1729 { dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 1730 |
| 1731 if (!dim) | |
| 1732 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1733 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1734 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1735 { | |
| 1736 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1737 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1738 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1739 } | |
| 1740 else | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1741 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1742 |
| 1743 n = next->size(); | |
| 1744 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1745 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1746 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1747 sz = n2; | |
| 1748 } | |
| 1749 return sz; | |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 Loverflow: | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1752 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1753 return 1; |
| 1754 } | |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1757 { | |
| 1758 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1759 } | |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 /************************** | |
| 1762 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1763 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1764 */ | |
| 1765 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1766 { | |
| 1767 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1768 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1769 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1770 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 sc->pop(); | |
| 1775 } | |
| 1776 else | |
| 1777 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1778 return exp; | |
| 1779 } | |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1782 { | |
| 1783 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1784 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1785 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 sc->pop(); | |
| 1790 return exp; | |
| 1791 } | |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1794 { | |
| 1795 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1796 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1797 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1798 if (*pe) | |
| 1799 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1800 Expression *e; | |
| 1801 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1802 *pe = e; | |
| 1803 } | |
| 1804 else if (*ps) | |
| 1805 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1806 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1807 if (td) | |
| 1808 { | |
| 1809 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1810 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1811 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1814 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1815 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1820 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1821 goto Ldefault; |
| 1822 } | |
| 1823 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1824 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1825 { | |
| 1826 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1827 return; | |
| 1828 } | |
| 1829 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1830 { | |
| 1831 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1832 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1833 return; | |
| 1834 } | |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1837 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1838 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1839 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1840 */ | |
| 1841 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1842 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1843 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1846 *ps = tds; | |
| 1847 } | |
| 1848 else | |
| 1849 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1850 } | |
| 1851 else | |
| 1852 { | |
| 1853 Ldefault: | |
| 1854 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1855 } | |
| 1856 } | |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1859 { | |
| 1860 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 Type *t; | |
| 1863 Expression *e; | |
| 1864 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1865 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1866 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1867 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1870 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1871 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1874 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1875 return Type::terror; |
| 1876 } | |
| 1877 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1878 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1879 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1880 return Type::terror; | |
| 1881 } | |
| 1882 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1883 return t; | |
| 1884 } | |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1887 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 if (dim) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1890 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1891 |
| 1892 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1895 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1896 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1897 { | |
| 1898 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1899 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1900 */ | |
| 1901 return this; | |
| 1902 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1903 dinteger_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1904 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); |
| 1905 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1906 dinteger_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1907 |
| 1908 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1909 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1912 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1913 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1914 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1915 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1916 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1917 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1918 { | |
| 1919 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1920 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1921 */ | |
| 1922 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1923 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1924 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1925 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1926 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1927 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1928 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1929 { | |
| 1930 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1931 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1932 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1933 } | |
| 1934 } | |
| 1935 } | |
| 1936 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1937 { | |
| 1938 case Ttuple: | |
| 1939 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1940 assert(dim); | |
| 1941 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1942 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1945 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1946 return Type::terror; |
| 1947 } | |
| 1948 Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1949 return arg->type; | |
| 1950 } | |
| 1951 case Tfunction: | |
| 1952 case Tnone: | |
| 1953 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1954 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1955 break; | |
| 1956 } | |
| 1957 if (tbn->isauto()) | |
| 1958 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1959 return merge(); | |
| 1960 } | |
| 1961 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
1962 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 1963 { |
| 1964 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 1965 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1966 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 1967 if (next) |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
1968 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 1969 } |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1972 { | |
| 1973 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1974 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1975 return; | |
| 1976 } | |
| 1977 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 1978 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1979 } | |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1982 { | |
| 1983 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1984 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1985 #endif | |
| 1986 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 1987 { | |
| 1988 e = dim; | |
| 1989 } | |
| 1990 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 1991 { | |
| 1992 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 1993 } | |
| 1994 else | |
| 1995 { | |
| 1996 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1997 } | |
| 1998 return e; | |
| 1999 } | |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 2002 { | |
| 2003 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2004 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2005 } | |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2008 { | |
| 2009 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2010 } | |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2013 { | |
| 2014 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2015 | |
| 2016 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2017 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2018 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2019 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2020 { | |
| 2021 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2022 } | |
| 2023 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2024 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2027 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2028 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2029 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2030 } | |
| 2031 #if 0 | |
| 2032 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2033 { | |
| 2034 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2037 { | |
| 2038 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2039 } | |
| 2040 } | |
| 2041 #endif | |
| 2042 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2043 } | |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2046 { | |
| 2047 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2048 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2049 #endif | |
| 2050 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2051 } | |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2054 { | |
| 2055 return next->isZeroInit(); | |
| 2056 } | |
| 2057 | |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2060 { | |
| 2061 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2062 if (e) | |
| 2063 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2064 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2065 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2066 } | |
| 2067 return e; | |
| 2068 } | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2071 { | |
| 2072 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2073 } | |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2078 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2079 { | |
| 2080 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2081 } | |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2084 { | |
| 2085 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2086 if (t == next) | |
| 2087 t = this; | |
| 2088 else | |
| 2089 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2090 return t; | |
| 2091 } | |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2094 { | |
| 2095 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2096 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2097 } | |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2100 { | |
| 2101 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2102 // boundary | |
| 2103 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2104 } | |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2107 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2110 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2111 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2112 { | |
| 2113 case Tfunction: | |
| 2114 case Tnone: | |
| 2115 case Ttuple: | |
| 2116 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2117 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2118 break; | |
| 2119 } | |
| 2120 if (tn->isauto()) | |
| 2121 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", tn->toChars()); | |
| 2122 if (next != tn) | |
| 2123 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2124 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2125 return merge(); | |
| 2126 } | |
| 2127 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2128 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2129 { |
| 2130 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2131 if (next) | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2132 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2133 } |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2136 { | |
| 2137 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2138 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2139 return; | |
| 2140 } | |
| 2141 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2142 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2143 } | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2146 { | |
| 2147 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2148 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2149 #endif | |
| 2150 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2151 { | |
| 2152 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2153 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2156 } | |
| 2157 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2158 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2159 return e; | |
| 2160 } | |
| 2161 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2162 { | |
| 2163 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2164 return e; | |
| 2165 } | |
| 2166 else | |
| 2167 { | |
| 2168 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2169 } | |
| 2170 return e; | |
| 2171 } | |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2174 { | |
| 2175 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2176 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2177 } | |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2180 { | |
| 2181 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2184 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2185 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2186 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2187 { | |
| 2188 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2189 } | |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2192 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2195 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2196 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2197 } | |
| 2198 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2199 } | |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2202 { | |
| 2203 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2204 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2205 #endif | |
| 2206 Expression *e; | |
| 2207 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2208 e->type = this; | |
| 2209 return e; | |
| 2210 } | |
| 2211 | |
| 2212 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit() | |
| 2213 { | |
| 2214 return 1; | |
| 2215 } | |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2218 { | |
| 2219 return TRUE; | |
| 2220 } | |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2223 { | |
| 2224 return TRUE; | |
| 2225 } | |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2230 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2231 { | |
| 2232 this->index = index; | |
| 2233 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2234 } | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2237 { | |
| 2238 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2239 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2240 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2241 t = this; | |
| 2242 else | |
| 2243 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2244 return t; | |
| 2245 } | |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2248 { | |
| 2249 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2250 } | |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2254 { | |
| 2255 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2256 | |
| 2257 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2258 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2259 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2260 { | |
| 2261 Expression *e; | |
| 2262 Type *t; | |
| 2263 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2266 if (e) | |
| 2267 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2268 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2269 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2272 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2273 } | |
| 2274 else if (t) | |
| 2275 index = t; | |
| 2276 else | |
| 2277 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2278 } | |
| 2279 else | |
| 2280 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2283 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2284 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2285 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2286 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2287 { | |
| 2288 #if 0 | |
| 2289 case Tint8: | |
| 2290 case Tuns8: | |
| 2291 case Tint16: | |
| 2292 case Tuns16: | |
| 2293 key = tint32; | |
| 2294 break; | |
| 2295 #endif | |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 case Tsarray: | |
| 2298 #if 0 | |
| 2299 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2300 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2301 #endif | |
| 2302 break; | |
| 2303 case Tbit: | |
| 2304 case Tbool: | |
| 2305 case Tfunction: | |
| 2306 case Tvoid: | |
| 2307 case Tnone: | |
| 2308 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); | |
| 2309 break; | |
| 2310 } | |
| 2311 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2312 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2313 { | |
| 2314 case Tfunction: | |
| 2315 case Tnone: | |
| 2316 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2317 break; | |
| 2318 } | |
| 2319 if (next->isauto()) | |
| 2320 error(loc, "cannot have array of auto %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 return merge(); | |
| 2323 } | |
| 2324 | |
| 336 | 2325 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2326 { | |
| 2327 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2330 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2331 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2332 { | |
| 2333 Expression *e; | |
| 2334 Type *t; | |
| 2335 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2338 if (e) | |
| 2339 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2340 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2343 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2344 } | |
| 2345 else if (t) | |
| 2346 index = t; | |
| 2347 else | |
| 2348 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2349 } | |
| 2350 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2351 } | |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 | |
| 159 | 2354 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2355 { | |
| 2356 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2357 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2358 #endif | |
| 2359 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2360 { | |
| 2361 Expression *ec; | |
| 2362 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2363 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2364 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2365 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2366 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2367 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2368 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2369 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2370 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2371 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2372 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2373 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2374 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2375 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2376 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2377 } |
| 2378 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2379 { | |
| 2380 Expression *ec; | |
| 2381 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2382 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2385 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2386 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2387 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2388 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2389 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2390 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2391 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2392 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2393 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2394 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2395 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2396 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2397 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2398 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2399 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2400 } | |
| 2401 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2402 { | |
| 2403 Expression *ec; | |
| 2404 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2405 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2406 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2407 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2408 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2409 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2410 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2411 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2412 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2413 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2414 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2415 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2416 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2417 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2418 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2419 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2420 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2421 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2422 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2423 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2424 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2425 } | |
| 2426 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2427 { | |
| 2428 Expression *ec; | |
| 2429 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2430 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2431 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2432 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2433 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2434 Arguments* args = new Arguments; |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2435 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2436 args->push(new Argument(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2437 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2438 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2439 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2440 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2441 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2442 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2443 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2444 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2445 e->type = this; | |
| 2446 } | |
| 2447 else | |
| 2448 { | |
| 2449 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2450 } | |
| 2451 return e; | |
| 2452 } | |
| 2453 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2454 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2455 { |
| 2456 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2457 index->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2458 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2459 } |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2462 { | |
| 2463 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2464 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2465 return; | |
| 2466 } | |
| 2467 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2468 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2469 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2470 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2471 } | |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2474 { | |
| 2475 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2476 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2477 #endif | |
| 2478 Expression *e; | |
| 2479 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2480 e->type = this; | |
| 2481 return e; | |
| 2482 } | |
| 2483 | |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2484 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit() |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2485 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2486 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2487 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2488 |
| 159 | 2489 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2490 { | |
| 2491 return TRUE; | |
| 2492 } | |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2495 { | |
| 2496 return TRUE; | |
| 2497 } | |
| 2498 | |
| 2499 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2502 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2503 { | |
| 2504 } | |
| 2505 | |
| 2506 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2507 { | |
| 2508 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2509 if (t == next) | |
| 2510 t = this; | |
| 2511 else | |
| 2512 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2513 return t; | |
| 2514 } | |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2517 { | |
| 2518 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); | |
| 2519 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2520 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2521 { | |
| 2522 case Ttuple: | |
| 2523 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2524 n = tint32; | |
| 2525 break; | |
| 2526 } | |
| 2527 if (n != next) | |
| 2528 deco = NULL; | |
| 2529 next = n; | |
| 2530 return merge(); | |
| 2531 } | |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2535 { | |
| 2536 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2537 } | |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2540 { | |
| 2541 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2542 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2543 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2544 return; | |
| 2545 } | |
| 2546 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2547 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2548 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2549 } | |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2552 { | |
| 2553 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 if (this == to) | |
| 2556 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2557 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2558 { | |
| 2559 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2560 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 #if 0 | |
| 2563 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2564 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2565 #endif | |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2568 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2569 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2572 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2573 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2574 } | |
| 2575 } | |
| 2576 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2577 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2578 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2579 } | |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2582 { | |
| 2583 return TRUE; | |
| 2584 } | |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2587 { | |
| 2588 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2589 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2590 #endif | |
| 2591 Expression *e; | |
| 2592 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 2593 e->type = this; | |
| 2594 return e; | |
| 2595 } | |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 int TypePointer::isZeroInit() | |
| 2598 { | |
| 2599 return 1; | |
| 2600 } | |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2603 { | |
| 2604 return TRUE; | |
| 2605 } | |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2611 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2612 { | |
| 2613 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2614 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2615 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2616 } | |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2619 { | |
| 2620 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2621 if (t == next) | |
| 2622 t = this; | |
| 2623 else | |
| 2624 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2625 return t; | |
| 2626 } | |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2629 { | |
| 2630 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2631 } | |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2634 { | |
| 2635 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2636 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2637 return; | |
| 2638 } | |
| 2639 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2640 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2641 } | |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2644 { | |
| 2645 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2646 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2647 #endif | |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 // References just forward things along | |
| 2650 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2651 } | |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2654 { | |
| 2655 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2656 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2657 #endif | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2658 Expression *e = new NullExp(loc); |
| 159 | 2659 e->type = this; |
| 2660 return e; | |
| 2661 } | |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 int TypeReference::isZeroInit() | |
| 2664 { | |
| 2665 return 1; | |
| 2666 } | |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Arguments *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) | |
| 2672 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) | |
| 2673 { | |
| 2674 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2675 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2676 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2677 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2678 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2679 this->inuse = 0; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2680 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2681 #if IN_LLVM |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2682 this->funcdecl = NULL; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2683 #endif |
| 159 | 2684 } |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2687 { | |
| 2688 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
| 2689 Arguments *params = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); | |
|
217
0806379a5eca
[svn r233] Added: -oq command line option for writing fully qualified object names.
lindquist
parents:
211
diff
changeset
|
2690 TypeFunction *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2691 return t; |
| 2692 } | |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 /******************************* | |
| 2695 * Returns: | |
| 2696 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2697 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2698 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2699 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2700 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2701 */ | |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2704 { | |
| 2705 #if 0 | |
| 2706 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2707 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2708 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2709 #endif | |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2714 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2715 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2716 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 { | |
| 2719 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2720 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2723 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2726 { | |
| 2727 size_t dim = Argument::dim(t1->parameters); | |
| 2728 if (dim != Argument::dim(t2->parameters)) | |
| 2729 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2732 { Argument *arg1 = Argument::getNth(t1->parameters, i); | |
| 2733 Argument *arg2 = Argument::getNth(t2->parameters, i); | |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2736 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2737 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2738 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2739 } | |
| 2740 } | |
| 2741 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2742 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 // The argument lists match | |
| 2745 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2746 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2747 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2748 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2751 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) | |
| 2754 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2755 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2756 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2759 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2760 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2761 { | |
| 2762 return 3; | |
| 2763 } | |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2766 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2767 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2768 } | |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 Lcovariant: | |
| 2771 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2772 return 1; | |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 Ldistinct: | |
| 2775 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2776 return 0; | |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2779 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2780 return 2; | |
| 2781 } | |
| 2782 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2783 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2784 { unsigned char mc; |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2787 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2788 if (inuse) | |
| 2789 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2790 return; | |
| 2791 } | |
| 2792 inuse++; | |
| 2793 switch (linkage) | |
| 2794 { | |
| 2795 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2796 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2797 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2798 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2799 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2800 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2801 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2802 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2803 |
| 159 | 2804 default: |
| 2805 assert(0); | |
| 2806 } | |
| 2807 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2808 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2809 // LDC: if we're not producing a mangle string, add the this |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2810 // type to prevent merging different member function |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2811 if (!mangle && funcdecl) |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2812 { |
|
1282
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2813 if (funcdecl->needThis()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2814 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2815 AggregateDeclaration* ad = funcdecl->isMember2(); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2816 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2817 ad->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2818 } |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2819 /* BUG This causes problems with delegate types |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2820 On the other hand, the llvm type for nested functions *is* different |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2821 so not doing anything here may be lead to bugs! |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2822 A sane solution would be DtoType(Dsymbol)... |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2823 if (funcdecl->isNested()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2824 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2825 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2826 if (funcdecl->toParent2() && funcdecl->toParent2()->isFuncDeclaration()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2827 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2828 FuncDeclaration* fd = funcdecl->toParent2()->isFuncDeclaration(); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2829 fd->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2830 } |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2831 }*/ |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2832 } |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2833 |
| 159 | 2834 // Write argument types |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2835 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters, mangle); |
| 159 | 2836 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); |
| 2837 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2838 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2839 inuse--; |
| 2840 } | |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2843 { | |
| 2844 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 if (inuse) | |
| 2847 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2848 return; | |
| 2849 } | |
| 2850 inuse++; | |
| 2851 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2852 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2853 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2854 { | |
| 2855 switch (linkage) | |
| 2856 { | |
| 2857 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2858 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2859 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2860 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2861 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2862 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2863 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2864 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2865 |
| 159 | 2866 default: |
| 2867 assert(0); | |
| 2868 } | |
| 2869 } | |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2872 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2873 if (ident) | |
| 2874 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2875 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2876 } | |
| 2877 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2878 inuse--; | |
| 2879 } | |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2882 { | |
| 2883 char *p = NULL; | |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 if (inuse) | |
| 2886 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2887 return; | |
| 2888 } | |
| 2889 inuse++; | |
| 2890 if (next) | |
| 2891 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2892 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2893 { | |
| 2894 switch (linkage) | |
| 2895 { | |
| 2896 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2897 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2898 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2899 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2900 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2901 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2902 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2903 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2904 |
| 159 | 2905 default: |
| 2906 assert(0); | |
| 2907 } | |
| 2908 } | |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2911 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2912 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
| 2913 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); | |
| 2914 inuse--; | |
| 2915 } | |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2918 { | |
| 2919 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2920 { | |
| 2921 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2922 return this; | |
| 2923 } | |
| 2924 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2927 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2928 if (parameters) | |
| 2929 { tf->parameters = (Arguments *)parameters->copy(); | |
| 2930 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 2931 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 2932 Argument *cpy = (Argument *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2933 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Argument)); | |
| 2934 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; | |
| 2935 } | |
| 2936 } | |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 2939 if (!tf->next) | |
| 2940 { | |
| 2941 assert(global.errors); | |
| 2942 tf->next = tvoid; | |
| 2943 } | |
| 2944 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2945 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2946 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2947 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2948 } | |
| 2949 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2950 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2951 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2952 } | |
| 2953 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2954 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2955 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2956 } | |
| 2957 if (tf->next->isauto() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2958 error(loc, "functions cannot return auto %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 2961 { size_t dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 2964 { Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(tf->parameters, i); | |
| 2965 Type *t; | |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 tf->inuse++; | |
| 2968 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2969 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; | |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2970 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2971 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2972 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2973 if (arg->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2974 arg->type = arg->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2975 tf->inuse++; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2976 arg->type = arg->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2977 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2978 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
2979 |
| 159 | 2980 t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 if (arg->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 2983 { | |
| 2984 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2985 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 2986 } | |
| 2987 if (!(arg->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2988 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", arg->type->toChars()); | |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 2991 { | |
| 2992 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->semantic(sc); | |
| 2993 arg->defaultArg = resolveProperties(sc, arg->defaultArg); | |
| 2994 arg->defaultArg = arg->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(sc, arg->type); | |
| 2995 } | |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 2998 * change. | |
| 2999 */ | |
| 3000 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 3001 { dim = Argument::dim(tf->parameters); | |
| 3002 i--; | |
| 3003 } | |
| 3004 } | |
| 3005 } | |
| 3006 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 3009 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 3010 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 3011 return terror; | |
| 3012 } | |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 3015 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); | |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 3018 * can be different | |
| 3019 * even though the types match | |
| 3020 */ | |
| 3021 return tf; | |
| 3022 } | |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 /******************************** | |
| 3025 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 3026 * Determine match level. | |
| 3027 * Returns: | |
| 3028 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 3029 */ | |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 3032 { | |
| 3033 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 3034 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 size_t nparams = Argument::dim(parameters); | |
| 3037 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; | |
| 3038 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3039 ; | |
| 3040 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3041 { | |
| 3042 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3043 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3044 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3045 } | |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3048 { int m; | |
| 3049 Expression *arg; | |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 Argument *p = Argument::getNth(parameters, u); | |
| 3054 assert(p); | |
| 3055 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3056 { | |
| 3057 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3058 continue; | |
| 3059 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3060 goto L1; | |
| 3061 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3062 } | |
| 3063 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3064 assert(arg); | |
| 3065 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3066 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3067 else | |
| 3068 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3069 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3070 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3071 { | |
| 3072 L1: | |
| 3073 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3074 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3075 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
3076 dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 3077 |
| 3078 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3079 { | |
| 3080 case Tsarray: | |
| 3081 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3082 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3083 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3084 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3085 case Tarray: | |
| 3086 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3087 { | |
| 3088 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3089 assert(arg); | |
| 3090 #if 1 | |
| 3091 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3092 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3093 */ | |
| 3094 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3095 if (tret) | |
| 3096 { | |
| 3097 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3098 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3099 } | |
| 3100 else | |
| 3101 { | |
| 3102 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3103 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3104 { | |
| 3105 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3106 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3107 } | |
| 3108 } | |
| 3109 } | |
| 3110 else | |
| 3111 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3112 #else | |
| 3113 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3114 #endif | |
| 3115 if (m == 0) | |
| 3116 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3117 if (m < match) | |
| 3118 match = m; | |
| 3119 } | |
| 3120 goto Ldone; | |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 case Tclass: | |
| 3123 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3124 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3125 goto Ldone; | |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 default: | |
| 3128 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3129 } | |
| 3130 } | |
| 3131 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3132 } | |
| 3133 if (m < match) | |
| 3134 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3135 } | |
| 3136 | |
| 3137 Ldone: | |
| 3138 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3139 return match; | |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 Nomatch: | |
| 3142 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3143 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3144 } | |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3147 { | |
| 3148 if (parameters) | |
| 3149 { | |
| 3150 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
| 3151 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)parameters->data[i]; | |
| 3152 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3153 if (t) | |
| 3154 return t; | |
| 3155 } | |
| 3156 } | |
| 3157 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3158 } | |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3163 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3164 { | |
| 3165 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3166 } | |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3169 { | |
| 3170 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3171 if (t == next) | |
| 3172 t = this; | |
| 3173 else | |
| 3174 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3175 return t; | |
| 3176 } | |
| 3177 | |
| 3178 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3179 { | |
| 3180 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3181 { | |
| 3182 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3183 return this; | |
| 3184 } | |
| 3185 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3186 return merge(); | |
| 3187 } | |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3190 { | |
| 3191 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3192 } | |
| 3193 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3194 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3195 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3196 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3197 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3198 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3199 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3200 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3201 |
| 159 | 3202 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3203 { | |
| 3204 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3205 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3206 return; | |
| 3207 } | |
| 3208 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3211 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
| 3212 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); | |
| 3213 } | |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3216 { | |
| 3217 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3218 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3219 #endif | |
| 3220 Expression *e; | |
| 3221 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 3222 e->type = this; | |
| 3223 return e; | |
| 3224 } | |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit() | |
| 3227 { | |
| 3228 return 1; | |
| 3229 } | |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3232 { | |
| 3233 return TRUE; | |
| 3234 } | |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3237 { | |
| 3238 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3239 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3240 #endif | |
| 3241 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3242 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3243 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3244 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3245 return e; | |
| 3246 } | |
| 3247 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3248 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3249 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3250 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3251 return e; |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 else | |
| 3254 { | |
| 3255 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3256 } | |
| 3257 return e; | |
| 3258 } | |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3261 { | |
| 3262 return TRUE; | |
| 3263 } | |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3270 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3271 { | |
| 3272 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3273 } | |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3276 { | |
| 3277 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3278 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3279 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3280 { | |
| 3281 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3282 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3283 { | |
| 3284 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3287 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3288 } | |
| 3289 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3290 } | |
| 3291 } | |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3295 { | |
| 3296 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3297 } | |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3300 { | |
| 3301 int i; | |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3304 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3309 { | |
| 3310 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3311 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3312 } | |
| 3313 else | |
| 3314 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3315 } | |
| 3316 } | |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3319 { | |
| 3320 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3321 return 1; | |
| 3322 } | |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 /************************************* | |
| 3325 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3326 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3327 * Output: | |
| 3328 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3329 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3330 */ | |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3333 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3334 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3335 { | |
| 3336 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3337 int i; | |
| 3338 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3339 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3340 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3341 Type *t; | |
| 3342 Expression *e; | |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 #if 0 | |
| 3345 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3346 if (scopesym) | |
| 3347 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3348 #endif | |
| 3349 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3350 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3351 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3352 if (s) | |
| 3353 { | |
| 3354 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3355 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3356 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3357 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3358 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3359 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3362 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3363 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3364 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3365 if (!sm) | |
| 3366 { | |
| 3367 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3368 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3369 { | |
| 3370 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3371 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; | |
| 3372 } | |
| 3373 else | |
| 3374 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3375 t = e->type; | |
| 3376 if (!t) | |
| 3377 goto Lerror; | |
| 3378 goto L3; | |
| 3379 } | |
| 3380 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3381 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3382 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3383 if (t) | |
| 3384 { | |
| 3385 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3386 if (sm) | |
| 3387 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3388 if (sm) | |
| 3389 goto L2; | |
| 3390 } | |
| 3391 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3392 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3393 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3394 i++; | |
| 3395 L3: | |
| 3396 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3397 { | |
| 3398 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3399 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3400 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3401 } | |
| 3402 *pe = e; | |
| 3403 } | |
| 3404 else | |
| 3405 Lerror: | |
| 3406 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3407 return; | |
| 3408 } | |
| 3409 L2: | |
| 3410 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3411 } | |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3414 if (v) | |
| 3415 { | |
| 3416 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3417 if (v->isConst() && v->getExpInitializer()) | |
| 3418 { | |
| 3419 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3420 assert(ei); | |
| 3421 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3422 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3423 } | |
| 3424 else | |
| 3425 { | |
| 3426 #if 0 | |
| 3427 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3428 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3429 { | |
| 3430 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3431 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3432 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3433 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3434 } | |
| 3435 else | |
| 3436 #endif | |
| 3437 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3438 } | |
| 3439 return; | |
| 3440 } | |
| 3441 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3442 if (em) | |
| 3443 { | |
| 3444 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3445 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3446 return; | |
| 3447 } | |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 L1: | |
| 3450 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3451 if (!t) | |
| 3452 { | |
| 3453 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3454 Import *si; | |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3457 if (si) | |
| 3458 { | |
| 3459 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3460 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3461 goto L1; | |
| 3462 s = si; | |
| 3463 } | |
| 3464 *ps = s; | |
| 3465 return; | |
| 3466 } | |
| 3467 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3468 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3469 return; | |
| 3470 } | |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 if (t != this) | |
| 3473 { | |
| 3474 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3475 { | |
| 3476 Scope *scx; | |
| 3477 | |
| 3478 for (scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3479 { | |
| 3480 if (!scx) | |
| 3481 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3482 return; | |
| 3483 } | |
| 3484 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3485 break; | |
| 3486 } | |
| 3487 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3488 //((TypeIdentifier *)t)->resolve(loc, scx, pe, &t, ps); | |
| 3489 } | |
| 3490 } | |
| 3491 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3492 *pt = t; |
| 159 | 3493 else |
| 3494 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3495 } | |
| 3496 if (!s) | |
| 3497 { | |
| 3498 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3499 } | |
| 3500 } | |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3505 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3506 { | |
| 3507 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3508 } | |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3512 { | |
| 3513 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3516 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3517 return t; | |
| 3518 } | |
| 3519 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3520 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 3521 { unsigned len; |
| 3522 char *name; | |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3525 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3526 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3527 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3528 } | |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3531 { | |
| 3532 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3533 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3534 return; | |
| 3535 } | |
| 3536 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3537 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3538 } | |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 /************************************* | |
| 3541 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3542 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3543 * Output: | |
| 3544 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3545 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3546 */ | |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3549 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3550 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3553 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3554 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3555 } | |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 /***************************************** | |
| 3558 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3559 * return that symbol. | |
| 3560 */ | |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3563 { | |
| 3564 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3565 if (!sc) | |
| 3566 return NULL; | |
| 3567 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3570 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3571 if (s) | |
| 3572 { | |
| 3573 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3574 { | |
| 3575 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3576 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3577 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3578 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3579 break; | |
| 3580 } | |
| 3581 } | |
| 3582 } | |
| 3583 return s; | |
| 3584 } | |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3587 { | |
| 3588 Type *t; | |
| 3589 Expression *e; | |
| 3590 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3593 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3594 if (t) | |
| 3595 { | |
| 3596 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3599 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3602 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3603 } | |
| 3604 } | |
| 3605 else | |
| 3606 { | |
| 3607 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3608 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3609 printf("1: "); | |
| 3610 #endif | |
| 3611 if (s) | |
| 3612 { | |
| 3613 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3614 } | |
| 3615 else | |
| 3616 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3617 t = tvoid; | |
| 3618 } | |
| 3619 //t->print(); | |
| 3620 return t; | |
| 3621 } | |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3624 { | |
| 3625 return this; | |
| 3626 } | |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3629 { | |
| 3630 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3631 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3632 { | |
| 3633 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3634 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3635 } | |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 return e; | |
| 3638 } | |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3643 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3644 { | |
| 3645 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3646 } | |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3649 { | |
| 3650 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3651 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3654 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3655 return t; | |
| 3656 } | |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3660 { | |
| 3661 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3662 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3663 return; | |
| 3664 } | |
| 3665 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3666 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3667 } | |
| 3668 | |
| 3669 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3670 { | |
| 3671 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3676 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3677 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 #if 0 | |
| 3680 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3681 { | |
| 3682 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3683 return; | |
| 3684 } | |
| 3685 #endif | |
| 3686 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3687 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3688 s = tempinst; | |
| 3689 if (s) | |
| 3690 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3691 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3692 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3693 } | |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3696 { | |
| 3697 Type *t; | |
| 3698 Expression *e; | |
| 3699 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3704 { | |
| 3705 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3706 global.gag++; | |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 global.gag--; | |
| 3711 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3712 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3713 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3714 return this; | |
| 3715 } | |
| 3716 } | |
| 3717 else | |
| 3718 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 if (!t) | |
| 3721 { | |
| 3722 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3723 printf("2: "); | |
| 3724 #endif | |
| 3725 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3726 t = tvoid; | |
| 3727 } | |
| 3728 return t; | |
| 3729 } | |
| 3730 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3731 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3732 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3733 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3734 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3735 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3736 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3737 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3738 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3739 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3740 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3741 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3742 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3743 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3744 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3745 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3746 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3747 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3748 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3749 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3750 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3751 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3752 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3753 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3754 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3755 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3756 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3757 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3758 |
| 159 | 3759 |
| 3760 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3763 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3764 { | |
| 3765 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3766 } | |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3769 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3770 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3771 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3774 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3775 return t; | |
| 3776 } | |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3779 { | |
| 3780 Type *t; | |
| 3781 | |
| 336 | 3782 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3783 if (t == this) |
| 3784 return NULL; | |
| 3785 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3786 } | |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3789 { | |
| 3790 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3791 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3792 return; | |
| 3793 } | |
| 3794 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3795 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3796 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3797 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3798 } | |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3801 { Expression *e; | |
| 3802 Type *t; | |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 #if 0 | |
| 3809 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3810 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3811 */ | |
| 3812 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3813 { | |
| 3814 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3815 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3816 { | |
| 3817 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3818 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 if (!s) | |
| 3821 { | |
| 3822 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3823 goto Lerr; | |
| 3824 } | |
| 3825 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3826 if (cd) | |
| 3827 { | |
| 3828 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3829 { | |
| 3830 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3831 if (!cd) | |
| 3832 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3833 goto Lerr; | |
| 3834 } | |
| 3835 } | |
| 3836 t = cd->type; | |
| 3837 break; | |
| 3838 } | |
| 3839 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3840 if (sd) | |
| 3841 { | |
| 3842 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3843 { | |
| 3844 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3845 goto Lerr; | |
| 3846 } | |
| 3847 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3848 break; | |
| 3849 } | |
| 3850 } | |
| 3851 } | |
| 3852 else | |
| 3853 #endif | |
| 3854 { | |
| 3855 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3856 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3857 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3858 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3859 { | |
| 3860 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3861 } | |
| 159 | 3862 t = exp->type; |
| 3863 if (!t) | |
| 3864 { | |
| 3865 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3866 goto Lerr; | |
| 3867 } | |
| 3868 } | |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3871 { | |
| 3872 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3873 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3874 { | |
| 3875 if (!s) | |
| 3876 break; | |
| 3877 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3878 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3879 } | |
| 3880 if (s) | |
| 3881 { | |
| 3882 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3883 if (!t) | |
| 3884 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3885 goto Lerr; | |
| 3886 } | |
| 3887 } | |
| 3888 else | |
| 3889 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3890 goto Lerr; | |
| 3891 } | |
| 3892 } | |
| 3893 return t; | |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 Lerr: | |
| 3896 return tvoid; | |
| 3897 } | |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3900 { | |
| 3901 if (exp->type) | |
| 3902 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3903 else | |
| 3904 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3905 } | |
| 3906 | |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 3912 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 3913 { | |
| 3914 this->sym = sym; | |
| 3915 } | |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 3918 { | |
| 3919 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 3920 } | |
| 3921 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3922 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3923 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3924 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3925 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
3926 |
| 159 | 3927 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3928 { | |
| 3929 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 3930 return merge(); | |
| 3931 } | |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3934 { | |
| 3935 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3936 { | |
| 3937 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3938 return 4; | |
| 3939 } | |
| 3940 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 3941 } | |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 3944 { | |
| 3945 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3946 { | |
| 3947 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3948 printf("1: "); | |
| 3949 #endif | |
| 3950 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3951 return 4; | |
| 3952 } | |
| 3953 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 3954 } | |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3957 { | |
| 3958 return sym; | |
| 3959 } | |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 3962 { | |
| 3963 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 3964 { | |
| 3965 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3966 printf("2: "); | |
| 3967 #endif | |
| 3968 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 3969 return tint32; | |
| 3970 } | |
| 3971 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 3972 } | |
| 3973 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3974 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 3975 { char *name; |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 3978 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 3979 // name += 2; | |
| 3980 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3981 } | |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3984 { | |
| 3985 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3986 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3987 return; | |
| 3988 } | |
| 3989 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 3990 } | |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3993 { | |
| 3994 EnumMember *m; | |
| 3995 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3996 Expression *em; | |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3999 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4000 #endif | |
| 4001 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4002 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4003 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 4004 if (!s) | |
| 4005 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4006 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4007 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4008 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4009 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4010 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4011 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4012 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4013 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4014 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4015 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 4016 } |
| 4017 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4018 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 4019 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 4020 return em; | |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 Lfwd: | |
| 4023 error(e->loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4024 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4025 } | |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4028 { Expression *e; | |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 4031 { | |
| 4032 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4033 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4034 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 4035 } | |
| 4036 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4037 { | |
| 4038 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4039 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4040 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4041 } | |
| 4042 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4043 { | |
| 4044 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4045 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4046 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4047 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4048 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4049 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4050 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4051 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4052 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4053 } |
| 159 | 4054 else |
| 4055 { | |
| 4056 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4057 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4058 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4059 } | |
| 4060 return e; | |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 Lfwd: | |
| 4063 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4064 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4065 } | |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4068 { | |
| 4069 return 1; | |
| 4070 } | |
| 4071 | |
| 4072 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4073 { | |
| 4074 return 0; | |
| 4075 } | |
| 4076 | |
| 4077 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4078 { | |
| 4079 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4080 } | |
| 4081 | |
| 4082 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4083 { | |
| 4084 return 1; | |
| 4085 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4086 } | |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4089 { MATCH m; | |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4092 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4093 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4094 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4095 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4096 else | |
| 4097 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4098 return m; | |
| 4099 } | |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4102 { | |
| 4103 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4104 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4105 #endif | |
| 4106 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4107 Expression *e; | |
| 4108 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4109 return e; | |
| 4110 } | |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit() | |
| 4113 { | |
| 4114 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4115 } | |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4118 { | |
| 4119 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4120 } | |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4123 | |
| 4124 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4125 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4126 { | |
| 4127 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4128 } | |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4131 { | |
| 4132 return this; | |
| 4133 } | |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4136 { | |
| 4137 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4138 } | |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4141 { | |
| 4142 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4143 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4144 return merge(); | |
| 4145 } | |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4148 { | |
| 4149 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4150 } | |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4153 { | |
| 4154 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4155 } | |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4158 { | |
| 4159 return sym; | |
| 4160 } | |
| 4161 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4162 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4163 { unsigned len; |
| 4164 char *name; | |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4167 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4168 // name += 2; | |
| 4169 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4170 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4171 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4172 } | |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4175 { | |
| 4176 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4177 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4178 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4179 return; | |
| 4180 } | |
| 4181 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4182 } | |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4185 { | |
| 4186 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4187 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4188 #endif | |
| 4189 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4190 { | |
| 4191 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4192 } | |
| 4193 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4194 } | |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4197 { | |
| 4198 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4199 { | |
| 4200 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4201 } | |
| 4202 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4203 } | |
| 4204 | |
| 4205 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4206 { | |
| 4207 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4208 } | |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4211 { | |
| 4212 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4213 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4214 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4215 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4216 } | |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4219 { | |
| 4220 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4221 } | |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4224 { | |
| 4225 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4226 } | |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4229 { | |
| 4230 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4231 } | |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4234 { | |
| 4235 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4236 } | |
| 4237 | |
| 4238 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4239 { | |
| 4240 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4241 } | |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4244 { | |
| 4245 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4246 } | |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4249 { | |
| 4250 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4251 } | |
| 4252 | |
| 4253 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4254 { | |
| 4255 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4256 { | |
| 4257 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4258 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4259 return Type::terror; | |
| 4260 } | |
| 4261 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4262 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4263 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4264 return t; | |
| 4265 } | |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4268 { MATCH m; | |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4271 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4272 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4273 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4274 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4275 else | |
| 4276 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4277 return m; | |
| 4278 } | |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4281 { Expression *e; | |
| 4282 Type *bt; | |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4285 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4286 #endif | |
| 4287 if (sym->init) | |
| 4288 { | |
| 4289 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4290 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4291 } | |
| 4292 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4293 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4294 e->type = this; | |
| 4295 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4296 { | |
| 4297 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4298 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4299 } | |
| 4300 return e; | |
| 4301 } | |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit() | |
| 4304 { | |
| 4305 if (sym->init) | |
| 4306 { | |
| 4307 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4308 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4309 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4310 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4311 return 1; | |
| 4312 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4313 } | |
| 4314 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4315 { | |
| 4316 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4317 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4318 } | |
| 4319 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4320 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(); | |
| 4321 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4322 return result; | |
| 4323 } | |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4326 { | |
| 4327 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4328 } | |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4333 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4334 { | |
| 4335 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4336 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4337 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4338 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4339 } |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4342 { | |
| 4343 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4344 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4345 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4346 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4347 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4348 } | |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4351 { | |
| 4352 return this; | |
| 4353 } | |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4356 { | |
| 4357 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4360 * be right. | |
| 4361 */ | |
| 4362 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 return merge(); | |
| 4365 } | |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4368 { | |
| 4369 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4370 } | |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4373 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4376 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4377 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4378 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4379 return sz; | |
| 4380 } | |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4383 { | |
| 4384 return sym; | |
| 4385 } | |
| 4386 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4387 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4388 { unsigned len; |
| 4389 char *name; | |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4392 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4393 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4394 // name += 2; | |
| 4395 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4396 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4397 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4398 } | |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4401 { | |
| 4402 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4403 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4404 return; | |
| 4405 } | |
| 4406 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4407 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4408 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4409 else | |
| 4410 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4411 } | |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4414 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 Expression *b; | |
| 4417 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4418 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4419 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4420 Declaration *d; | |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4423 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4424 #endif | |
| 4425 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4426 { | |
| 4427 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4428 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4429 } | |
| 4430 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4431 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4432 */ |
| 159 | 4433 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4434 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4435 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4436 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4437 */ |
| 336 | 4438 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4439 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4440 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4441 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4442 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4443 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4444 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4445 } | |
| 4446 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4447 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4448 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4449 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4450 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4451 return e; |
| 4452 } | |
| 4453 | |
| 4454 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4455 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4458 { | |
| 4459 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4462 e = de->e1; | |
| 4463 goto L1; | |
| 4464 } | |
| 4465 } | |
| 4466 | |
| 4467 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4468 L1: | |
| 4469 if (!s) | |
| 4470 { | |
| 4471 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4472 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4473 } | |
| 336 | 4474 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4475 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4476 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4479 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4480 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 if (ei) | |
| 4483 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4484 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4485 return e; | |
| 4486 } | |
| 4487 } | |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4490 { | |
| 4491 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4492 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4493 } | |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4496 if (em) | |
| 4497 { | |
| 4498 assert(em->value); | |
| 4499 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4500 } | |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4503 if (tm) | |
| 4504 { Expression *de; | |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4507 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4508 return de; | |
| 4509 } | |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4512 if (td) | |
| 4513 { | |
| 4514 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4515 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4516 return e; | |
| 4517 } | |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4520 if (ti) | |
| 4521 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4522 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4523 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4524 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4525 goto L1; | |
| 4526 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4527 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4528 return de; | |
| 4529 } | |
| 4530 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4531 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4532 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4533 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4534 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4535 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4536 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4537 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4538 |
| 159 | 4539 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4540 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4541 if (!d) | |
| 4542 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4543 #endif | |
| 4544 assert(d); | |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4547 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4550 { | |
| 4551 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4552 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4553 return e; | |
| 4554 } | |
| 4555 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4556 { | |
| 4557 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4558 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4559 return e; | |
| 4560 } | |
| 4561 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4562 } | |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4565 { | |
| 4566 // (e, d) | |
| 4567 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4570 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4571 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4572 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4573 return e; | |
| 4574 } | |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 if (v) | |
| 4577 { | |
| 4578 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4579 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4582 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4583 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4584 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4585 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4586 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4587 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4588 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4589 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4590 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4591 #endif |
| 159 | 4592 } |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4595 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4596 } | |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4599 { | |
| 4600 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4601 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4602 } | |
| 4603 | |
| 4604 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4605 { Declaration *d; |
| 159 | 4606 |
| 4607 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4608 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4609 #endif | |
|
913
29c0d1194033
Fix #198 and #199 by making CTFE on static struct initializers work.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
900
diff
changeset
|
4610 d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4611 assert(d); |
| 4612 d->type = this; | |
| 4613 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4614 } | |
| 4615 | |
| 4616 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit() | |
| 4617 { | |
| 4618 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4619 } | |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4622 { | |
| 4623 return FALSE; | |
| 4624 } | |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4627 { | |
| 4628 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4631 if (s->members) | |
| 4632 { | |
| 4633 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4634 { | |
| 4635 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4636 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4637 return TRUE; | |
| 4638 } | |
| 4639 } | |
| 4640 return FALSE; | |
| 4641 } | |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4647 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4648 { | |
| 4649 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4650 } | |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4653 { | |
| 4654 return sym->toPrettyChars(); | |
| 4655 } | |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4658 { | |
| 4659 return this; | |
| 4660 } | |
| 4661 | |
| 4662 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4663 { | |
| 4664 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4665 if (sym->scope) | |
| 4666 sym->semantic(sym->scope); | |
| 4667 return merge(); | |
| 4668 } | |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4671 { | |
| 4672 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4673 } | |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4676 { | |
| 4677 return sym; | |
| 4678 } | |
| 4679 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4680 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4681 { unsigned len; |
| 4682 char *name; | |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4685 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4686 // name += 2; | |
| 4687 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4688 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4689 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4690 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4691 } | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4694 { | |
| 4695 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4696 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4697 return; | |
| 4698 } | |
| 4699 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4700 } | |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4703 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 Expression *b; | |
| 4706 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4707 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4708 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4709 Declaration *d; | |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4712 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4713 #endif | |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4716 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4719 { | |
| 4720 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4723 e = de->e1; | |
| 4724 goto L1; | |
| 4725 } | |
| 4726 } | |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4729 { | |
| 4730 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4731 */ | |
| 336 | 4732 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4733 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4734 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4735 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4736 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4737 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4738 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4739 } | |
| 4740 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4741 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4742 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4743 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4744 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4745 return e; |
| 4746 } | |
| 4747 | |
| 4748 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4749 L1: | |
| 4750 if (!s) | |
| 4751 { | |
| 4752 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4753 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4754 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4755 { | |
| 4756 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4757 { | |
| 4758 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4759 return e; | |
| 4760 } | |
| 4761 } | |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4764 { | |
| 4765 Type *t; | |
| 4766 | |
| 4767 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4768 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4769 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4770 { | |
| 4771 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4772 * at compile time. | |
| 4773 */ | |
| 4774 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4775 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4776 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4777 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4778 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4779 } | |
| 4780 else | |
| 4781 { | |
| 4782 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4783 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4784 */ | |
| 4785 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 Type* ct; | |
| 4788 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4789 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4790 } | |
| 4791 else { | |
| 4792 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4793 } | |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4796 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4797 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4798 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4799 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4802 { | |
| 4803 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4804 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4805 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4806 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4807 */ | |
| 4808 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4809 } | |
| 4810 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4811 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4812 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4813 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4814 */ | |
| 4815 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4816 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4817 } | |
| 336 | 4818 } |
| 159 | 4819 |
| 4820 #else | |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4823 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4824 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4825 { | |
| 4826 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4827 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4828 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4829 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4830 */ | |
| 4831 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4832 } | |
| 4833 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4834 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4835 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4836 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4837 */ | |
| 4838 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4839 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4840 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4841 } | |
| 4842 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4843 } |
| 4844 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4845 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4846 |
| 4847 return e; | |
| 4848 } | |
| 4849 | |
| 4850 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4851 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4852 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4853 */ | |
| 4854 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4855 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4856 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4857 return e; | |
| 4858 } | |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4861 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4862 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4863 */ | |
| 4864 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4865 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4866 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4867 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4868 return e; |
| 4869 } | |
| 4870 | |
| 4871 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4872 { | |
| 4873 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4874 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4875 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4876 } | |
| 4877 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4878 { | |
| 4879 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4880 } | |
| 4881 else | |
| 4882 { | |
| 4883 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4884 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4885 } | |
| 4886 } | |
| 336 | 4887 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4888 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4889 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4890 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
717
a26b0c5d5942
Merged DMD 1.036.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
715
diff
changeset
|
4891 if (v && v->isConst() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4892 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 if (ei) | |
| 4895 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4896 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4897 return e; | |
| 4898 } | |
| 4899 } | |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4902 { | |
| 4903 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4904 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4905 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4906 } | |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4909 if (em) | |
| 4910 { | |
| 4911 assert(em->value); | |
| 4912 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4913 } | |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4916 if (tm) | |
| 4917 { Expression *de; | |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4920 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4921 return de; | |
| 4922 } | |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4925 if (td) | |
| 4926 { | |
| 4927 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4928 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4929 return e; | |
| 4930 } | |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4933 if (ti) | |
| 4934 { if (!ti->semanticdone) | |
| 4935 ti->semantic(sc); | |
| 4936 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4937 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4938 goto L1; | |
| 4939 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4940 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4941 return de; | |
| 4942 } | |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 4945 if (!d) | |
| 4946 { | |
| 4947 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4948 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 4949 } | |
| 4950 | |
| 4951 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4952 { | |
| 4953 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !d->isFuncDeclaration())) | |
| 4956 { | |
| 4957 if (sc->func) | |
| 4958 { | |
| 4959 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 4960 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 if (thiscd) | |
| 4963 { | |
| 4964 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 4967 { | |
| 4968 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 4969 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 4970 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4971 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4972 return e; | |
| 4973 } | |
| 4974 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 4975 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 4976 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 4977 } | |
| 4978 } | |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4981 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4982 return e; | |
| 4983 } | |
| 4984 else if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4985 { | |
| 4986 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4987 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4988 return e; | |
| 4989 } | |
| 4990 else | |
| 4991 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4992 return ve; | |
| 4993 } | |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4996 { | |
| 4997 // (e, d) | |
| 4998 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 5001 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5002 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5003 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5004 return e; | |
| 5005 } | |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 5008 { | |
| 5009 // (e, d) | |
| 5010 VarExp *ve; | |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5013 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5014 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5015 return e; | |
| 5016 } | |
| 5017 | |
| 5018 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5019 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5020 } | |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 5023 { | |
| 5024 return sym; | |
| 5025 } | |
| 5026 | |
| 5027 int TypeClass::isauto() | |
| 5028 { | |
| 5029 return sym->isauto; | |
| 5030 } | |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 5033 { | |
| 5034 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 5035 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5038 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5039 return 1; | |
| 5040 } | |
| 5041 return 0; | |
| 5042 } | |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5045 { | |
| 5046 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5047 if (this == to) | |
| 5048 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5051 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5052 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5053 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5054 } | |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5057 { | |
| 5058 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5059 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5060 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5061 } | |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5064 } | |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5067 { | |
| 5068 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5069 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5070 #endif | |
| 5071 Expression *e; | |
| 5072 e = new NullExp(loc); | |
| 5073 e->type = this; | |
| 5074 return e; | |
| 5075 } | |
| 5076 | |
| 5077 int TypeClass::isZeroInit() | |
| 5078 { | |
| 5079 return 1; | |
| 5080 } | |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5083 { | |
| 5084 return TRUE; | |
| 5085 } | |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5088 { | |
| 5089 return TRUE; | |
| 5090 } | |
| 5091 | |
| 5092 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5093 | |
| 5094 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Arguments *arguments) | |
| 5095 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5096 { | |
| 5097 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5098 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5099 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5100 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5101 if (arguments) | |
| 5102 { | |
| 5103 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5104 { | |
| 5105 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5106 assert(arg && arg->type); | |
| 5107 } | |
| 5108 } | |
| 5109 #endif | |
| 5110 } | |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 /**************** | |
| 5113 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5114 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5115 */ | |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5118 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5119 { | |
| 5120 Arguments *arguments = new Arguments; | |
| 5121 if (exps) | |
| 5122 { | |
| 5123 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5124 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5125 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5126 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5127 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
| 5128 Argument *arg = new Argument(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5129 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5130 } | |
| 5131 } | |
| 5132 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5133 } | |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5136 { | |
| 5137 Arguments *args = Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); | |
| 5138 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5139 return t; | |
| 5140 } | |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5143 { | |
| 5144 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5145 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5146 if (!deco) |
| 5147 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5150 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5151 */ | |
| 5152 return this; | |
| 5153 } | |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5156 { Type *t; | |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5159 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5160 if (this == t) | |
| 5161 { | |
| 5162 return 1; | |
| 5163 } | |
| 5164 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5165 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5166 | |
| 5167 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5168 { | |
| 5169 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5170 { Argument *arg1 = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5171 Argument *arg2 = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5174 return 0; | |
| 5175 } | |
| 5176 return 1; | |
| 5177 } | |
| 5178 } | |
| 5179 return 0; | |
| 5180 } | |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5183 { | |
| 5184 if (arguments) | |
| 5185 { | |
| 5186 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5187 { | |
| 5188 Argument *arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5189 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 5190 if (t) | |
| 5191 return t; | |
| 5192 } | |
| 5193 } | |
| 5194 return NULL; | |
| 5195 } | |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5198 { | |
| 5199 Argument::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); | |
| 5200 } | |
| 5201 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5202 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5203 { |
| 5204 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5205 OutBuffer buf2; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5206 Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments, mangle); |
| 159 | 5207 unsigned len = buf2.offset; |
| 5208 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5209 } | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5212 { Expression *e; | |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5215 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5216 #endif | |
| 5217 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5218 { | |
| 5219 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5220 } | |
| 5221 else | |
| 5222 { | |
| 5223 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5224 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5225 } | |
| 5226 return e; | |
| 5227 } | |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5234 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5235 { | |
| 5236 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5237 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5238 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5239 } | |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5242 { | |
| 5243 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5244 return t; | |
| 5245 } | |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5248 { | |
| 5249 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5250 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5251 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5254 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5255 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5256 return Type::terror; | |
| 5257 } | |
| 5258 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5261 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5262 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5263 | |
| 5264 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5265 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5266 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5269 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5270 return Type::terror; |
| 5271 } | |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 Arguments *args = new Arguments; | |
| 5274 args->reserve(i2 - i1); | |
| 5275 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
| 5276 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)tt->arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5277 args->push(arg); | |
| 5278 } | |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5281 } | |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5284 { | |
| 5285 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5286 if (*pe) | |
| 5287 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5288 Expression *e; | |
| 5289 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5290 *pe = e; | |
| 5291 } | |
| 5292 else if (*ps) | |
| 5293 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5294 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5295 if (td) | |
| 5296 { | |
| 5297 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5298 */ | |
| 5299 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5300 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5301 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5304 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5305 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5308 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5309 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5314 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5315 goto Ldefault; |
| 5316 } | |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5319 { | |
| 5320 *ps = td; | |
| 5321 return; | |
| 5322 } | |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5325 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5326 */ | |
| 5327 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5328 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5329 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5330 { | |
| 5331 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5332 } | |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5335 *ps = tds; | |
| 5336 } | |
| 5337 else | |
| 5338 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5339 } | |
| 5340 else | |
| 5341 { | |
| 5342 Ldefault: | |
| 5343 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5344 } | |
| 5345 } | |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5348 { | |
| 5349 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5350 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5351 return; | |
| 5352 } | |
| 5353 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5356 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5357 } | |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 /***************************** Argument *****************************/ | |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 Argument::Argument(unsigned storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) | |
| 5362 { | |
| 5363 this->type = type; | |
| 5364 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5365 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5366 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5367 } | |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 Argument *Argument::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5370 { | |
| 5371 Argument *a = new Argument(storageClass, | |
| 5372 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, | |
| 5373 ident, | |
| 5374 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5375 return a; | |
| 5376 } | |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 Arguments *Argument::arraySyntaxCopy(Arguments *args) | |
| 5379 { Arguments *a = NULL; | |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 if (args) | |
| 5382 { | |
| 5383 a = new Arguments(); | |
| 5384 a->setDim(args->dim); | |
| 5385 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
| 5386 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5389 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5390 } | |
| 5391 } | |
| 5392 return a; | |
| 5393 } | |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 char *Argument::argsTypesToChars(Arguments *args, int varargs) | |
| 5396 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5401 if (args) | |
| 5402 { int i; | |
| 5403 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5404 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5407 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 if (i) | |
| 5410 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5411 arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5412 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5413 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5414 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5415 } | |
| 5416 if (varargs) | |
| 5417 { | |
| 5418 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5419 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5420 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5421 } | |
| 5422 } | |
| 5423 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5426 } | |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 void Argument::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Arguments *arguments, int varargs) | |
| 5429 { | |
| 5430 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5431 if (arguments) | |
| 5432 { int i; | |
| 5433 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5436 { Argument *arg; | |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 if (i) | |
| 5439 buf->writestring(", "); | |
| 5440 arg = (Argument *)arguments->data[i]; | |
| 5441 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) | |
| 5442 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5443 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5444 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5445 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5446 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5447 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5448 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5449 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5450 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5451 { | |
| 5452 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5453 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5454 } | |
| 5455 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5456 } | |
| 5457 if (varargs) | |
| 5458 { | |
| 5459 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5460 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5461 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5462 } | |
| 5463 } | |
| 5464 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5465 } | |
| 5466 | |
| 5467 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5468 void Argument::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Arguments *arguments, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5469 { |
| 5470 //printf("Argument::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); | |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 // Write argument types | |
| 5473 if (arguments) | |
| 5474 { | |
| 5475 size_t dim = Argument::dim(arguments); | |
| 5476 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
| 5477 { | |
| 5478 Argument *arg = Argument::getNth(arguments, i); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5479 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5480 } |
| 5481 } | |
| 5482 } | |
| 5483 | |
| 5484 /**************************************************** | |
| 5485 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5486 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5487 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5488 */ | |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 Type *Argument::isLazyArray() | |
| 5491 { | |
| 5492 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5493 { | |
| 5494 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5495 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5496 { | |
| 5497 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5498 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5499 { | |
| 5500 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5501 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 if (!tf->varargs && Argument::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) | |
| 5504 { | |
| 5505 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5506 } | |
| 5507 } | |
| 5508 } | |
| 5509 } | |
| 5510 return NULL; | |
| 5511 } | |
| 5512 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5513 void Argument::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5514 { |
| 5515 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5516 { case 0: | |
| 5517 case STCin: | |
| 5518 break; | |
| 5519 case STCout: | |
| 5520 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5521 break; | |
| 5522 case STCref: | |
| 5523 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5524 break; | |
| 5525 case STClazy: | |
| 5526 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5527 break; | |
| 5528 default: | |
| 5529 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5530 halt(); | |
| 5531 #endif | |
| 5532 assert(0); | |
| 5533 } | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5534 type->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5535 } |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 /*************************************** | |
| 5538 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5539 */ | |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 size_t Argument::dim(Arguments *args) | |
| 5542 { | |
| 5543 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5544 if (args) | |
| 5545 { | |
| 5546 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5547 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5548 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5551 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5552 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5553 } | |
| 5554 else | |
| 5555 n++; | |
| 5556 } | |
| 5557 } | |
| 5558 return n; | |
| 5559 } | |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 /*************************************** | |
| 5562 * Get nth Argument, folding in tuples. | |
| 5563 * Returns: | |
| 5564 * Argument* nth Argument | |
| 5565 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number | |
| 5566 * of Arguments | |
| 5567 */ | |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 Argument *Argument::getNth(Arguments *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) | |
| 5570 { | |
| 5571 if (!args) | |
| 5572 return NULL; | |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5575 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
| 5576 { Argument *arg = (Argument *)args->data[i]; | |
| 5577 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5580 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5581 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5582 if (arg) | |
| 5583 return arg; | |
| 5584 } | |
| 5585 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5586 return arg; | |
| 5587 else | |
| 5588 n++; | |
| 5589 } | |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 if (pn) | |
| 5592 *pn += n; | |
| 5593 return NULL; | |
| 5594 } |